RobH_en_tn/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    *   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    *   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    *   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    *   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    *   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)<br>    *   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    *   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrase “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved. The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church (Galatians 2:9).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” (John 3:3, 7). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>*   The story of the adulterous woman (7:53-8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1, 14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. "Children" in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	4	dv2f	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	4	pz5c		ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		Here, **the light shines** is a metaphor. John speaks figuratively of God's truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God's truth and goodness. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don't know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it” 
JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **having been sent**. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος 	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
JHN	1	7	m4fo	writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to John the Baptist. It does not refer to Jesus or the light. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through John the Baptist” or “through John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος 	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ 	1	The true light	Here, **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge” 
JHN	1	11	jr6d	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν	1	He came to his own, and his own did not receive him	**He**, **his**, and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to his own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
JHN	1	12	w20o	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** and all singular third person pronouns in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	13	no4j	writing-pronouns	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here, John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	1	14	jo83	writing-pronouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ glory” or “the Word’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	1	15	xduu		Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him”
JHN	1	15	ql6u	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am	Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες 	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	1	16	avst		χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1		Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
JHN	1	17	iata	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο	1		John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. But grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JHN	1	17	xsbj	figs-activepassive	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως 	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be clearer to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation:  “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος 	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation:  “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If this would be clearer in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	21	h2dv		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God's promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	23	a732	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1	He said	**He** here refers to John the Baptist. If this would be clearer in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John said (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι 	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν 	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God's promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	1	28	u0iq	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης 	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	1	29	aqo3		βλέπει…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw … said”
JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn't know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	1	31	c6q5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα φανερωθῇ	1		Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	1	31	jr9r	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn't recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	34	wzc9	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	1	36	kuol		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	38	qxej		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to them”
JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	39	lio4		λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying”
JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος 	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	41	vfsj		εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found … said”
JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-pronouns	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	43	qzfk		καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he found Philip and said”
JHN	1	43	uvby	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	43	ejkg	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter	This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	1	45	m8j1	translate-names	Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ	1		These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	45	faz3		εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip found Nathaniel and said”
JHN	1	45	ci52	figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	45	r31z	translate-names	Ναζαρέτ	1		**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	1	46	s2kg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	Here, Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	1	46	shpn		λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip said to him”
JHN	1	47	e1ke		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he said”
JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN	1	48	am5y		λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to him”
JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in some way. Alternate translation:  “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	1	50	oubk	writing-pronouns	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in verse [48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	1	51	byxy		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
JHN	1	51	ga44		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God. As the Son of God, he had supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	2	3	kt44		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	2	3	spbw	figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1		John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
JHN	2	4	xo8k		λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to her”
JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
JHN	2	4	jc75	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι?	1	why do you come to me?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	2	5	d5wy		λέγει ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “His mother said”
JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
JHN	2	7	hv80		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς,	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them”
JHN	2	7	byc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς 	1		Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	7	vt75		ἕως ἄνω	1	to the brim	The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top”
JHN	2	8	xbw3		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
JHN	2	8	y52q	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1		Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	but the servants who had drawn the water knew	John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	2	9	xfwq		φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the head waiter called the bridegroom”
JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	11	sq53		ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Connecting Statement:	This verse is a comment about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. This is the first of those miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power”
JHN	2	12	gw2f	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	2	12	mmkj	writing-pronouns	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	12	ay2r	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	12	h9tu		κατέβη	1	went down	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
JHN	2	12	x3f7	translate-names	Καφαρναοὺμ	1	his brothers	**Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	2	13	xr29		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
JHN	2	14	sa75	figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons	These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation:  “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας 	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If if would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	2	17	q91v	figs-explicit	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly and designate which Old Testament author wrote this. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	2	18	r5rw	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-metaphor	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this plainly or use a synonym. Alternate translation: “Kill my body and in three days I will resurrect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν 	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	2	23	st3f	writing-pronouns	ὡς δὲ ἦν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει	1	the signs that he did	John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/05.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6, 8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([3:13](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	2	skq8	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **with him** is used figuratively to refer to God's help. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “without God's help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	3	nz18		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Because this is an important biblical metaphor, you should retain this metaphor in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	4	z64b		λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	a second time	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	3	5	il52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md).
JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά 	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternative translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	3	9	phe2	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	10	vx3u	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	11	jt1f		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md).
JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Connecting Statement:	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Here, Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		In this phrase Jesus is referring to himself. If it would clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the wilderness	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα 	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		*For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son”
JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	3	16	xryx	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ 	1		*For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	17	exd0		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
JHN	3	18	zl5p		οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not condemn the one who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ 	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or  “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
JHN	3	22	uy4j	grammar-connect-time-sequential	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After this conversation with Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	3	23	m4yg	translate-names	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in an active form and say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in an active form. You can also say who did the action, which is indicated to be Herod in Mark 6:17. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον 	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If this would be clearer in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-explicit	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνει	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	Here, the words **bride** and **bridegroom** are used figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things … is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ 	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[John 4:4–38](../04/04.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])<br><br>### “an hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim in their land ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “in spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences. 
JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	4	3	op81	writing-pronouns	ἀφῆκεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	4	5	ff7t		ἔρχεται	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came”
JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ 	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
JHN	4	7	kswz		ἔρχεται…λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said”
JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	9	dpoh		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	9	l2qh	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	Then the Samaritan woman said to him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that comes from God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-metaphor	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	Jesus uses the metaphor **living water** to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” or “the Holy Spirit, who is like living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	11	pf7q		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	11	mw2b		κύριε	1		The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN	4	11	nwln		τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1		The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water, which is what the Samaritan woman means here. She did not understand Jesus’ metaphorical use of **living water** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the flowing water”
JHN	4	12	di9q	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ?	1	You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	4	12	sj7n	figs-ellipsis	ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	drank from it	Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	4	13	leu7		διψήσει πάλιν	1	will be thirsty again	Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
JHN	4	14	udxp	figs-exmetaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει…τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	15	vzoy		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	15	iz1p		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to scooping water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
JHN	4	16	ii7c		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
JHN	4	17	h5pt		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	19	tzs3		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	19	c2qi	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ 	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	21	klz9		λέγει	1	Believe me	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out. <br>
JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **salvation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
JHN	4	25	ip1u		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	4	26	lvgs		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
JHN	4	28	f13n		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	30	zd7g	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I have something that is like food for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?” 
JHN	4	34	bnke		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here, Jesus uses **food** as a metaphor that represents obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	34	l64q	writing-pronouns	τοῦ πέμψαντός με…αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1		Here, **the one** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God who sent me … God’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…ὁ θερίζων	2		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statement in the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1	General Information:	This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	4	43	u2e7	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν 	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	a prophet has no honor in his own country	Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN	4	46	hg54	writing-pronouns	ἦλθεν 	1		In this verse **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος 	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν 	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	4	48	n3ot	figs-hendiadys	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
JHN	4	49	ui6f		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”<br>
JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])<br>
JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι 	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN	4	50	n5mo		λέγει 	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. This is the second of those miracles. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	5	1	ea65		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	**After this** refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
JHN	5	1	b1pz		ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	there was a Jewish festival	“the Jews were celebrating a festival”
JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
JHN	5	3	ytj4		πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	A large number of the people who were sick	“many people who were sick”
JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants		0	General Information:	Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	5	5	bez8		ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	“was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md))
JHN	5	6	c7ef		γνοὺς	1	he realized	“after he understood” or “when he found out”
JHN	5	6	w97q		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	“Jesus said to the paralyzed man”
JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	Here the word **Sir** is a polite form of address.
JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	“someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me”
JHN	5	8	eqe4		ἔγειρε	1	Get up	“Stand up!”
JHN	5	8	ft81		ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει	1	take up your bed, and walk	“pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!”
JHN	5	9	z33x		ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man was healed	“the man became healthy again”
JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	The writer uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	5	10	ja3x		ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	The **Jews** (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	“It is God’s Day of Rest”
JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	“The man who made me well”
JHN	5	12	r7nx		ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	“The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed”
JHN	5	14	h1ri		εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus found him	“Jesus found the man he had healed”
JHN	5	14	h39z		ἴδε	1	See	**Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	5	17	ijd8		ἐργάζεται	1	is working	This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	18	n8bh		ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	“saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
JHN	5	19	f2qp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
JHN	5	19	rr9q		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	5	19	x9sl	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	20	zlr7		ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε	1	you will be amazed	“you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	20	x8ac		φιλεῖ	1	loves	The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	21	xzu4		ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This refers to “spiritual life.”
JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	23	p2kj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1	honor the Son just as … the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father	God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	24	w6wu		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	5	25	gtu6		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	5	25	s23d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν	1	the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live	The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	25	d81y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	26	p6ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself	The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	26	f5vq		ζωὴν	1	life	This refers to spiritual life.
JHN	5	27	g58f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	This is an important title that describe the relationship between Jesus and mankind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	27	pr1c		ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
JHN	5	28	sr8j		μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	The word **this** refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
JHN	5	28	h9l7		ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	“will hear my voice”
JHN	5	30	ayn1		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	the will of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God the Father.
JHN	5	32	yt31		ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	There is another who testifies about me	“There is someone else who tells people about me”
JHN	5	32	nr3l		ἄλλος	1	another	This refers to God.
JHN	5	32	uxh5		ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	“what he tells people about me is true”
JHN	5	34	rvc5		ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	“I do not need people’s testimony”
JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, **lamp** and **light** are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a **lamp** shining its **light** into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “what I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	5	38	lxm4		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε	1	You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent	“you do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you”
JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” or “you do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	5	38	rc2n		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	“the message he spoke to you”
JHN	5	39	xi22		ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	“you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
JHN	5	40	dzm2		οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	“you refuse to believe my message”
JHN	5	41	c1rx		οὐ λαμβάνω	1	receive	“I do not accept”
JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they really did not **love** **God**. (2) they had not really received God’s love.
JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	you do not welcome me as a friend
JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1	How can you believe, you who accept praise … God?	This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	5	44	g7qd		πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	This means to trust in Jesus.
JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1	The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope	**Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “you do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	5	47	x7h9		τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	“what I say”
JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6:26](../06/26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	1	el4l		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	The phrase **these things** refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus went away	It is implied in the text that **Jesus** traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	6	2	qxs7		ὄχλος πολύς	1	A great crowd	“a large number of people”
JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
JHN	6	4	kct2			0	General Information:	The action in the story begins in verse 5.
JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	The reflexive pronoun **himself** makes it clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
JHN	6	9	k3k6		πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	“five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain.
JHN	6	9	fjx1		ἄρτους	1	loaves	A loaf of **bread** is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round **loaves**.
JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	10	n9ft		ἀναπεσεῖν	1	sit down	“lie down”
JHN	6	10	pf33	writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	Now there was a lot of grass in the place	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	10	iz32		ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	So the men sat down, about five thousand in number	While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
JHN	6	11	mnw3		εὐχαριστήσας	1	giving thanks	Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
JHN	6	11	wi9d	figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	he gave it	Here, **he** represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	6	13	y3zz			0	General Information:	Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
JHN	6	13	hqx9		συνήγαγον	1	they gathered	“the disciples gathered up”
JHN	6	13	h64z		ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν	1	left over	the food that no one had eaten
JHN	6	14	nlw1		ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	The **sign** was Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with only five barley loaves and two fish.
JHN	6	14	g8zb		ὁ προφήτης	1	the prophet	the special **prophet** who Moses said would come into the world
JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	19	xx7d		ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN	6	20	d6wv		μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	“Stop being afraid!”
JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus gets **into the boat**. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	6	22	yy7c		τῆς θαλάσσης	1	the sea	“the Sea of Galilee”
JHN	6	23	z5b4	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	However, there were … the Lord had given thanks	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος	1	boats that came from Tiberias	Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some **boats** with people from **Tiberius** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	24	cql6			0	General Information:	The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
JHN	6	26	f8j4		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	6	27	czb3		ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him	God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-metaphor	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1	has set his seal on him	To “set a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	31	gye7		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	“Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
JHN	6	31	jz9p		τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	heaven	This refers to the place where God lives.
JHN	6	32	e6s1		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	The **true bread** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	33	rrf5		ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ	1	gives life to the world	“giving spiritual life to the world”
JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here the **world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with **bread**. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	35	w1sp		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς	1	believes in	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
JHN	6	37	n6bk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει	1	Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me	God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN	6	38	z84i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
JHN	6	38	cpi9		τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	“my Father, who sent me”
JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
JHN	6	41	jl8l		ἐγόγγυζον	1	grumbled	talked unhappily
JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	43	pk4s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ	1	draws	“pulls” or “attracts”
JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	6	46	lcz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
JHN	6	46	i9mp	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	47	de5y		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	6	47	t8lk		ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who believes has eternal life	God gives **eternal life** to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	49	uh76		οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	“Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
JHN	6	49	mr3u		ἀπέθανον	1	died	This refers to physical death.
JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος	1	This is the bread	Here, **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	50	v212		μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	“live forever.” Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death.
JHN	6	51	px99		ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	6	52	v6g7			0	Connecting Statement:	Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	53	q8jl		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-metaphor	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	53	j1ga		οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you will not have life in yourselves	“you will not receive eternal life”
JHN	6	54	t3xn			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-metaphor	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here to **raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	6	54	qia5		τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	“on the day when God judges everyone”
JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-metaphor	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	The phrases **true food** and **true drink** are metaphors that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of these metaphors more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	56	u3w4		ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remains in me, and I in him	“has a close relationship with me”
JHN	6	57	dba2		καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	This could refer to: (1) the **Father** who gives life. (2) the Father who is alive.
JHN	6	57	m1l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	58	m2nz		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Here, **bread** is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	58	j2hx		ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
JHN	6	58	jv4c		ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
JHN	6	58	i9ih		οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	“the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	60	t1me			0	Connecting Statement:	Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1	who can accept it?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	61	rn8i		τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει?	1	Does this offend you?	“Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1	Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before?	Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	63	y558		ὠφελεῖ	1	profits	The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ **words** in [John 6:32-58](./32.md). (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	6	63	plw8		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	The words that I have spoken to you	“What I have told you”
JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	This could mean: (1) these things are about the Spirit and eternal life. (2) these things are from the Spirit and give eternal life. (3) these things are about spiritual things and life.
JHN	6	64	k7ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	6	65	c3cl		οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	6	65	f7l1		ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	come to me	“to follow me and receive eternal life”
JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Jesus went from one place to another by **walking**, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	6	66	v7gq		τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Here, **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”
JHN	7	1	gg4v	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	1	b99m		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	The words **after these things** tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later”
JHN	7	1	k5yv		περιεπάτει	1	traveled	The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι	1	the Jews were seeking to kill him	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	7	2	m4ch		ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1	Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near	“Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
JHN	7	3	x8ce		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
JHN	7	3	id2z		σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	The word **works** refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1	he himself wants	The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes that he wants to promote himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	5	bs7f		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	“his younger brothers”
JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	The word **time** is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	4	your time is always ready	“any time is good for you”
JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	“I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
JHN	7	8	pt7f			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
JHN	7	8	evk6	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται	1	my time has not yet been fulfilled	Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	10	xw52			0	General Information:	The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
JHN	7	10	jz6l		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	when his brothers had gone up to the festival	These **brothers** were the younger brothers of Jesus.
JHN	7	10	z4ym		καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη	1	he also went up	Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
JHN	7	10	rw5v	figs-doublet	οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ	1	not publicly but in secret	These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The Jews were looking for him	Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here, **leads … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	7	14	yut8			0	General Information:	Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1	How does this man know so much?	The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	16	h7mr		ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	but is of him who sent me	“but comes from God, the one who sent me”
JHN	7	17	srx3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN	7	18	xf9j		ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1	but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him	“but when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
JHN	7	19	pib5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	“obeys the law”
JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	“This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!”
JHN	7	21	b63z		ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	“one miracle” or “one sign”
JHN	7	21	l1zf		πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	“you all are shocked”
JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	22	dl6z		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	on the Sabbath	“on the Jewish Day of Rest”
JHN	7	23	t21u		εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken	“If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses”
JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	23	f437		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	-1	on the Sabbath	“on the Jewish Day of Rest”
JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	25	ts7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is not this the one they seek to kill?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	26	n5pi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	they say nothing to him	This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-rquestion	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	28	zxh7		ἔκραξεν	1	cried out	“spoke in a loud voice”
JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	28	rq9t	figs-irony	κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί	1	You both know me and know where I come from	John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN	7	28	w35k		ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	of myself	“on my own authority.” See how you translated “from himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
JHN	7	28	a2h9		ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	“God is the one who sent me and he is true”
JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	The word **hour** is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	I am still with you for a short amount of time	“I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
JHN	7	33	b4m8		καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God the Father, who sent Jesus.
JHN	7	34	p7w6		ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	“you will not be able to come to the place where I will go”
JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	7	35	ef1y		τὴν διασπορὰν	1	the dispersion	This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
JHN	7	37	fg95		ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ	1	great day	It is **great** because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here the word **thirst** is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	7	38	u9cx		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	“As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers of living water** is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	This could refer to: (1) **water** that gives life. (2) **water** that causes people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	39	syp9		δὲ εἶπεν	1	But he said	Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies that **the Spirit** would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	39	n599		ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1	because Jesus was not yet glorified	Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is **the prophet** like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The **scriptures** are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN	7	42	zjh5		ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ	1	where David was	“where David lived”
JHN	7	43	lf5r		σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν	1	So there arose a division in the crowds because of him	The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	but no one laid hands on him	To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	7	45	m3rf		οἱ ὑπηρέται	1	the officers	“the temple guards”
JHN	7	46	qwv3	figs-hyperbole	οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος	1	Never has anyone spoken like this	The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	7	46	wp9h	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος	1		You may need to make explicit that the officers were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	7	47	d4xy		οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	So the Pharisees	“Because they said that, the Pharisees”
JHN	7	47	t91p		ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς	1	answered them	“answered the officers”
JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	49	fe7d		ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1	But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed	“As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man unless it first hears from him and knows what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Does our law judge a man	Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “We do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	7	52	jm59		προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have 7:53–8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	8	1	mkz2			0	General Information:	While some texts have 7:53–8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	I am the light of the world	Here the **light** is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	To **walk in the darkness** is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-metaphor	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, **light of life** is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	13	ih9h		σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	“You are just saying these things about yourself”
JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **witness** of only one person **is not true** because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	14	x9rf		κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Even if I bear witness about myself	“Even if I say these things about myself”
JHN	8	15	k92s		τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	“human standards and the laws of men”
JHN	8	15	j79i		ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus is not judging anyone yet. (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time.
JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	This could mean: (1) “if I judge people.” (2) “whenever I judge people.”
JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	“my judgment is right.”
JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	16	f6nu		ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ	1	I am with the Father	The **Father** and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
JHN	8	16	r7dx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	17	uvc6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
JHN	8	17	r2r8	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	the testimony of two men is true	The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	18	ff2p		ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I am he who bears witness about myself	Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	The **Father** also **bears witness** about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	2	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	19	s37n	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	The word **hour** is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	21	xv3g			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
JHN	8	21	gg46		ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε	1	die in your sin	Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “will die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders said” or “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	8	23	zug9		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	“You were born in this world”
JHN	8	23	a7ny		ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	“I came from heaven”
JHN	8	23	svn1		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ	1	You are of this world	“You belong to this world”
JHN	8	23	w9jl		ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	I am not of this world	“I do not belong to this world”
JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	“you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
JHN	8	24	he1k		ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
JHN	8	25	t7tv		ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	28	x6ca		ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
JHN	8	28	er3s		Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus used the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself.
JHN	8	28	tcs5		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	“I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	29	w9cl		ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God.
JHN	8	30	ld9x		ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	“As Jesus spoke these words”
JHN	8	30	uj29		πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	many believed in him	“many people trusted him”
JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	8	31	iq3z		μαθηταί μού	1	my disciples	“my followers”
JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	This is personification. Jesus speaks of **he truth** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN	8	32	xf9m		τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the truth	This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	34	i2pn		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	the son remains forever	This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, being **free** is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	37	p4xm			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	my word has no place in you	Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	38	m62y		ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	“I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
JHN	8	38	f9yu		καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	The Jewish leaders do not understand that by **your father** Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
JHN	8	39	qp2r		ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	forefather
JHN	8	40	s615		τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	“Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus implies that their **father** is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	41	iz3h	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν	1	we have one Father: God	Here the Jewish leaders claim **God** as their spiritual **Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	42	nh4m		ἠγαπᾶτε	1	love	This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	44	vgy1		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	“You belong to your father, Satan”
JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		It is understood that here, **it** refers to the act of lying that the devil did. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here, **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates the act of lying. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created lying in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	8	45	g1q9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN	8	45	e55r		ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	because I speak the truth	“because I tell you true things about God”
JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	46	kh6a		εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	“If I say things that are true”
JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	why do you not believe me?	Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here, **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	50	m4rl			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues answering the Jews.
JHN	8	50	fg43		ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	This refers to God.
JHN	8	51	fb52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-idiom	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, **see death** is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not ever die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	“If anyone obeys my teaching”
JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	Here, **taste death** is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “he will certainly never die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	53	p38s		τοῦ πατρὸς	1	father	forefather
JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God	The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ	1	keep his word	Here, **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here, **my day** is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	8	56	hv5g		εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	“he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
JHN	8	57	erp5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	The Jews said to him	Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	8	58	rnw4		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	8	58	k4tp		ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	9	1	fa5a			0	General Information:	As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
JHN	9	1	un4h	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Now	This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	Here, **us** includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἡμέρα…νὺξ	1	day … Night	Here, **day** and **Night** are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva**. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	9	10	p7vj			0	Connecting Statement:	The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
JHN	9	10	m97n		πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	“Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?”
JHN	9	11	a42y		ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	smeared it on my eyes	“used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md).
JHN	9	13	cu14		ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν	1	They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees	The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	9	14	qxy9		Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Sabbath day	“Jewish Day of Rest”
JHN	9	15	d6xd		πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	“So the Pharisees also asked him”
JHN	9	16	hdh9		τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	Here, **signs** is another word for miracles. They give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
JHN	9	17	lcb3		προφήτης ἐστίν	1	He is a prophet	“I think he is a prophet”
JHN	9	18	y3wn	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Now the Jews still did not believe	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	9	19	npf9		ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς	1	They asked the parents	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders.
JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	9	22	dgp7		αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν	1	would confess him to be the Christ	“would say that Jesus is the Christ”
JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	9	24	ww3t		οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	The man is referring to Jesus.
JHN	9	25	sr93		ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	This refers to the man who had been blind.
JHN	9	26	z2l2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	9	27	kpt6	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1	You do not want to become his disciples too, do you?	You can state this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that you do not want to become his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		The man states this as a question to add irony to his statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN	9	28	h7hy		σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου	1	You are his disciple	“You are following Jesus!”
JHN	9	28	z2tn	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	but we are disciples of Moses	The pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν	1	we do not know where this one is from	Here the Jewish leaders refer to Jesus as **this one**, possibly in an effort not to speak his name. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	9	31	e7ec		ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	“does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
JHN	9	32	e89t			0	Connecting Statement:	The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	This sentence uses a double negative pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be from God. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	9	34	kl2x		ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	“they threw him out of the synagogue”
JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
JHN	9	35	rpb5		σὺ πιστεύεις εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	believe in	This means to believe in Jesus as the Son of Man.
JHN	9	35	tw58		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον	1	came into this world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **seeing** and **becoming blind** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	9	40	d8mm		μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	“Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would not be guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains	Here, to **see** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
JHN	10	1	i3tj		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	10	1	xq1f		αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-doublet	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	This is the use of two terms with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	10	3	uy2v		τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	“The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd”
JHN	10	3	iac4		ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper	The **gatekeeper** is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
JHN	10	3	db3c		τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	“the sheep recognize the shepherd’s voice”
JHN	10	4	n1ta		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	“he walks in front of them”
JHN	10	4	z8dm		ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	for they know his voice	“because they recognize his voice”
JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	This could mean: (1) “the disciples did not understand.” (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
JHN	10	7	q4hs		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-explicit	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	These terms are metaphors. Jesus calls every one of those teachers **a thief and a robber** because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here, **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	9	in9p		νομὴν	1	pasture	The word **pasture** means a grassy area where sheep eat.
JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-metaphor	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	10	j2k6		ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	The word **they** refers to the sheep, and **life** refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here, **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	To “lay down” something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	The **hired servant** is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	God the **Father** and God the Son **know** each other unlike anyone else knows them. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Here, **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
JHN	10	17	i59j		διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life	God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	17	px17		ἀγαπᾷ	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	I have received this command from my Father	“This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	19	wft1			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι?	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	10	22	w25f		ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of the Dedication	This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-explicit	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	The area where **Jesus was walking** was actually a courtyard that was outside **the temple** building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	10	23	cs2b		στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	10	25	cb95			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1	My sheep hear my voice	The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, **hand** is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are **one**. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	“claiming to be God”
JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	10	34	b3gp		θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This could mean: (1) no one can change the scripture. (2) the scripture will always be true.
JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	10	36	fj9f		βλασφημεῖς	1	You are blaspheming	“You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Father … Son of God	These are important titles that describe the relationship between **God** and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	37	wyd2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	10	37	vk1v		μὴ πιστεύετέ μοι	1	believe me	Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
JHN	10	38	k2zf		τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** is to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are from the Father.
JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Jesus had been on the west side of the **Jordan** River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	10	41	m1pl		Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν	1	John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true	“It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
JHN	10	42	ieh5		ἐπίστευσαν εἰς	1	believed in	Here, **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 11:50](../../jhn/11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 11:48](../../jhn/11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.
JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-participants		0	General Information:	These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	11	2	c6r9	writing-background	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	As John introduces **Mary**, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	3	i2ar		ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	“asked Jesus to come”
JHN	11	3	czm1		φιλεῖς	1	love	Here, **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
JHN	11	4	nk3g	figs-explicit	αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his **sickness**. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	4	k8d3		θάνατον	1	death	This refers to physical **death**.
JHN	11	4	q343	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1	instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it	Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. Here, **light** is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	11	10	hel4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί	1	if he walks at night	Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	This could mean: (1) he cannot see. (2) he does not have God’s light.
JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-idiom	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	The phrase **wake him out of sleep** is an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	11	12	e5k2	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	12	hn2j		εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	“Jesus told them in words that they could understand”
JHN	11	15	c2wh			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	“for your benefit”
JHN	11	15	ar2j		ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ	1	that I was not there so that you may believe	“that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.”
JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	11	17	p5ya	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	“about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stadium” is **stadia**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN	11	19	m26v	figs-explicit	περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	about their brother	Lazarus was their **brother**. Alternate translation: “about their brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	21	ef5h	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	Lazarus was the brother. Alternate translation: “my brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Lazarus was the brother. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	24	z7el		ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	“he will become alive again”
JHN	11	25	chs2		κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death.
JHN	11	25	ef7a		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** refers to spiritual life.
JHN	11	26	a6gs		πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	“those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
JHN	11	26	fue3		οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death.
JHN	11	27	mk4e		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	She said to him	“Martha said to Jesus”
JHN	11	27	zd3n		ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1	Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God … coming into the world	Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the **Christ** (the Messiah), the **Son of God**.
JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	11	28	yd61	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	28	zs2t		διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a title referring to Jesus.
JHN	11	28	fv8f		φωνεῖ σε	1	is calling for you	“is asking that you come”
JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	32	zmp7		ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Mary bowed down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
JHN	11	32	j2wr	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	Lazarus was Mary’s brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN	11	35	bj6b		ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	“Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying”
JHN	11	36	b6ee		ἐφίλει	1	loved	This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	opened the eyes	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	39	l2pd	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	Martha and Mary were sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	39	lt1d		ἤδη ὄζει	1	by this time the body will be decaying	“by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking”
JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	11	41	s2dh		Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου	1	Father, I thank you that you listened to me	Jesus prays directly to the **Father** so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer”
JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	11	43	ev4z		ταῦτα εἰπὼν	1	After he had said this	“after Jesus had prayed”
JHN	11	43	cz9f		φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν	1	he cried out with a loud voice	“he shouted”
JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen **cloth**. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone having wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	11	44	d8xf		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to them	The word **them** refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
JHN	11	45	rlf4	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	47	ib61			0	General Information:	Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
JHN	11	47	gz8c		οὖν	1	Then	The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md).
JHN	11	47	nhw4		οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Then the chief priests	“the leaders among the priests”
JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	Here, **the Romans** is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	11	48	ah4r		ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος	1	take away both our place and our nation	“will destroy both our temple and our nation”
JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	a certain man among them	This is a way to introduce Caiaphas as a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	11	49	lj6b	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	You know nothing	This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-synecdoche	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	The word **nation** here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that all the people of our nation would perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1		Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	The word **nation** is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	This is an ellipsis. The word **people** is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	11	52	mle1		τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	This refers to people who belong to **God** through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s **children**.
JHN	11	54	gp4h			0	General Information:	Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **walked openly** is a metaphor for “lived where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “lived where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “He stayed with his disciples for a short period of time in Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JHN	11	56	kc75		ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	The word **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		This question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” Alternate translation: “Do you think that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	11	57	glb6	writing-background	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).
JHN	12	1	elj4			0	General Information:	Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN	12	3	ki9d		μύρου	1	perfume	This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου	1	nard	This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	2	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	4	e1xj		ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι	1	the one who would betray him	“the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him”
JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. The plural of denarius is **denarii**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background	εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν	1	Now he said this … would steal from what was put in it	John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	6	sl8u		εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1	he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief	“he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor”
JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor** people. Alternate translation: “there will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	11	kjk7		δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
JHN	12	11	f6mg	figs-explicit	ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	believed in Jesus	This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting **in Jesus** as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	12	12	sy8h		ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	“a great crowd of people”
JHN	12	13	lzn9		ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	This means “May God save us now!”
JHN	12	13	i5ul		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed	This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here the word **name** is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “as the representative of the Lord” or “in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it	Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a **donkey**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	16	a74d	writing-background		0	General Information:	John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	16	rq52		ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	His disciples did not understand these things	Here the words **these things** refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	16	lvz1		ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ	1	they had done these things to him	The words **these things** refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
JHN	12	17	i6ag	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	The word **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	18	eel6		ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον	1	they heard that he had done this sign	“they heard others say that he had done this sign”
JHN	12	18	v2nx		τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	A **sign** is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “it looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὁ κόσμος	1		You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of the Greeks as new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-explicit	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John implies that these “Greeks” were going to **worship** God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	21	lr8c		Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	This was a town in the province of Galilee.
JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-ellipsis	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they told Jesus	Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “tell Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	12	23	p96d			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-explicit	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the **Son of Man** through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	24	m255		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-explicit	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **loving his life** means considering one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-explicit	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here the one who **hating his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης	1	this hour	Here, **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	glorify your name	Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	This represents God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	28	i2mv	figs-euphemism	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN	12	30	kd86			0	General Information:	Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	32	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
JHN	12	33	v7f3	writing-background	τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die	John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “he said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-ellipsis	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει	1	The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going	Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God, and **walking in darkness** is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them ‘My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God, and **sons of light** is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	37	s1wh			0	General Information:	This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message. You can state these as a single rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	40	z323	figs-metonymy	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	he has hardened their hearts … understand with their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to **understand with their hearts** means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	12	43	fx72		ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	“they wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
JHN	12	44	t7cq			0	General Information:	Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	45	s6xx		ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	the one who sees me sees him who sent me	Here the phrase **the one having sent** refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
JHN	12	46	db76			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	12	46	uxb8	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	Here, **judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “And if anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	12	48	b1ds		ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	“at the time when God judges people’s sins”
JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	12	50	tar2		οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	“I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	13	1	a1w4		ἀγαπήσας	1	loved	This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	13	3	u3vn	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	13	3	a6qj		ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει	1	he had come from God and was going back to God	Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
JHN	13	4	t7cu		ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his **outer clothing** so he would look like a servant.
JHN	13	5	s1pc		ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant **to wash the feet** of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας?	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “I must wash your feet so that you can have fellowship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	13	10	tv57			0	General Information:	Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples.
JHN	13	10	m7vj			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	Here, **been washed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-explicit	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν?	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-explicit	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	13	16	n5cb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
JHN	13	16	h6gt		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	13	16	tpl8		μείζων	1	greater	one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
JHN	13	17	an8u	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	Here, **are blessed** means good, beneficial things will happen to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here the phrase **eating bread with me** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “The one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	13	19	qd39		ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι	1	I tell you this now before it happens	“I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
JHN	13	19	gg19		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
JHN	13	20	di3t		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	13	21	bq84		ἐταράχθη	1	troubled	was concerned, upset
JHN	13	21	j7x1		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	13	22	dhs3		ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει	1	The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking	The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?”
JHN	13	23	xvi8		εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This refers to John.
JHN	13	23	z8ze	figs-explicit	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	13	23	p2ee		τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
JHN	13	23	a58j		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	13	26	qpj8	writing-background	Ἰσκαριώτη	1	Iscariot	This may indicate that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	This is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan then took control of him” or “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	13	27	rz21		λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	so Jesus said to him	Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
JHN	13	27	agd7		ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον	1	What you are doing, do it quickly	“Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
JHN	13	29	rv4z		τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	he went out immediately. It was night	John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN	13	33	zki6		τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus uses the term **Little children** to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “just as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	13	34	fkc7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
JHN	13	34	nmf5		ἀγαπᾶτε	1	love	This is the kind of **love** that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	13	37	ye6m		τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	“I will give up my life” or “I will die”
JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	“you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	2	cp9z		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν	1	In my Father’s house are many rooms	“There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
JHN	14	2	eca3		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	This refers to heaven, where God lives.
JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	2	fp9r		μοναὶ πολλαί	1	many rooms	Here, **rooms** can refer to single rooms, or to larger dwellings.
JHN	14	2	xb2y	figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	I am going to prepare a place for you	Jesus is **going to prepare a place** in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The **you** is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This could be: (1) a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	14	5	e1dl		πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	how can we know the way?	“how can we know how to get there?”
JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This could be: (1) a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε?	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	14	9	l3s8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Whoever has seen me has seen the Father	To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God **the Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα?	1	How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	14	10	v2jb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν?	1	Do you not believe … in me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	10	pgk6		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	“What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
JHN	14	10	wh9w		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	14	12	gh64		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	14	12	h2rh		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ	1	believes in me	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-metonymy	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω	1	If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	16	tu1e		Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	This refers to the Holy Spirit.
JHN	14	17	sc6r		Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “whom the unbelieving people in this world will never welcome” or “whom those who oppose God will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus implies that he **will not leave** his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	20	b87j		γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου	1	you will know that I am in my Father	God the **Father** and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	20	ht8z		ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	“you and I are just like one person”
JHN	14	21	rw8n		ἀγαπῶν	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	3	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love everyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	14	22	a7aa		τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “why will you only let us see how wonderful you are”
JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	23	a9av			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
JHN	14	23	xez7		ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	“The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
JHN	14	23	ai8y		ἀγαπᾷ	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	24	b7di		ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1	The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me	“the things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
JHN	14	24	c3ju		ὁ λόγος	1	The word	“the message”
JHN	14	24	d7ay		ὃν ἀκούετε	1	that you hear	Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	Here, the **world** is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	28	s8bx		ἠγαπᾶτέ	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	14	28	s3t3	figs-explicit	πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I am going to the Father	Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	the Father is greater than I	Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	14	30	ah3s		τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, the **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται…ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler … is coming	Here Jesus implies that Satan **is coming** to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, the **gardener** is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	2	p311	figs-metaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Here, **Every branch** represents people, and **bearing fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	“he cuts it off and takes it away”
JHN	15	2	xej7		πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	prunes every branch	“he trims every branch that bears fruit”
JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The words **You** and **you* in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN	15	4	qvv9		μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Remain in me, and I in you	“If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
JHN	15	4	hn7q		ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	unless you remain in me	By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	Here, the **vine** is a metaphor that represents Jesus, and the **branches** is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “The person who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear **much fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “that person will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “that you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	“show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	9	d32z		μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	“Continue to accept my love”
JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-explicit	ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	“I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	13	bu8j		τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	This refers to physical life.
JHN	15	15	h2wv		πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν	1	everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you	“I have told you everything my Father told me”
JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	16	yu3e	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε	1	You did not choose me	Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε	1	go and bear fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	15	16	v3je		καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	“that the results of what you do should last forever”
JHN	15	16	z431	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν	1	whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you ask with my authority, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	19	xas7		ἐφίλει	1	love	This refers to human, brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member.
JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	22	m75h	figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	23	sw4l		ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ	1	He who hates me also hates my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	15	24	v23s		ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	“they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
JHN	15	24	v6pt		καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, **word** is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “in order that the prophecy in their law might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this happened in order to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	15	25	j2m2		τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Here, **law** refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
JHN	15	26	mwq6		πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me	God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	27	r47f	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε	1	You are also testifying	Here, **testifying** means they are telling others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “you also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	2	i79b		ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	“it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	4	blb2	figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	when their hour comes	Here, **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	Here, **the beginning** is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metonymy	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
JHN	16	8	e7di		ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin	When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
JHN	16	8	bpu5		ἐκεῖνος	1	Comforter	This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	“they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me”
JHN	16	10	t4qe		περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	“when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	11	l71y		περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1	about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged	“God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
JHN	16	11	x2z1		ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
JHN	16	12	g29n		ἔτι πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν	1	things to say to you	“additional messages for you” or “more words for you”
JHN	16	13	j7gr		τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	This is a name for the Holy **Spirit** who will tell the people the truth about God.
JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	14	m9pb	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	15	s73e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	15	rmq9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	16	nq4g		μικρὸν	1	In a short amount of time	“soon” or “before much time passes”
JHN	16	16	en9b		καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν	1	after another short amount of time	“again, before much time passes”
JHN	16	17	f2sj			0	General Information:	There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
JHN	16	17	s9x3		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με	1	A short amount of time you will no longer see me	The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ resurrection. (2) Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	19	j7dv			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με?	1	Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’?	Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	16	20	jx6s		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	16	22	j7ge	figs-metonymy	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	your heart will be glad	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	23	g4qt		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	16	23	v91r	figs-metonymy	ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you	Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	23	w5jj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	23	q75v	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	24	p83u	figs-activepassive	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	your joy will be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	16	25	m4wc		ἐν παροιμίαις	1	in figures of speech	“in language that is not clear”
JHN	16	25	n93q		ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming	“it will soon happen”
JHN	16	25	r73l		παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν	1	tell you plainly about the Father	“I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
JHN	16	25	bq3q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	26	vf63	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε	1	you will ask in my name	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	27	scs2		αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε	1	the Father himself loves you because you have loved me	When a person **loves** Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	28	xn2v		ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father	After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	16	31	c8cu	figs-rquestion	ἄρτι πιστεύετε?	1	Do you believe now?	This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	16	32	yza2	figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	you will be scattered	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here, **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	To “lift up the eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	17	1	k7tb		οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	This refers to the sky.
JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	2	vbt4		πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	This refers to all people.
JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me and you honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	6	s4p3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-idiom	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept your word	This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “they have obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ	1	I do not pray for the world	Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	11	a7un		Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς	1	Holy Father, keep them … that they will be one … as we are one	Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	12	a4s8		οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	“the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the scriptures would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	17	13	p71q	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	17	14	bc1y		ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	“I have spoken your message to them”
JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “you would protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	17	y53e	figs-explicit	ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Set them apart by the truth	You can state clearly the purpose for setting them apart. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	17	y5qx		ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν	1	Your word is truth	“Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
JHN	17	18	bh1a	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	into the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that means the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	17	20	n7mp		τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	those who will believe in me through their word	“those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
JHN	17	21	s8a1		πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	22	p4mj		κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	“I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
JHN	17	22	wwu9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν	1	so that they will be one, just as we are one	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	17	23	fld5		ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	“that they may be completely united”
JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	23	rw4u		ἠγάπησας	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here, **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	24	hz83		θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν	1	to see my glory	“to see my greatness”
JHN	17	24	fiv7	figs-explicit	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the creation of the world	Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	17	25	cj69			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes his prayer.
JHN	17	25	ur9j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ δίκαιε	1	Righteous Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know you	Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	I made your name known to them	The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	17	26	gk2j		ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς	1	love … loved	This kind of **love** comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	This is a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	This **garden** was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	4	k71q			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
JHN	18	4	sh2u		Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	“Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
JHN	18	5	vg2d		Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	The word **he** is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	5	g4hx		ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	who betrayed him	“the one who was going to hand him over”
JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	7	uf85		Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
JHN	18	8	l8as	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	8	ui8z	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-explicit	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	18	11	u2s9		θήκην	1	sheath	the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup	Here, **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	18	12	wxb6	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	19	ppt2			0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
JHN	18	19	e8h3		ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
JHN	18	19	y6gn	figs-explicit	περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ	1	about his disciples and his teaching	Here, **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here, **the world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ?	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	“tell me what I said that was wrong”
JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	2	if rightly, why do you hit me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	25	jr1c			0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
JHN	18	25	ki76	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	25	l2bj	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?	1	Are you not also one of his disciples?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	26	oka8	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1		This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	26	x6s3	figs-explicit	μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Did I not see you in the garden with him?	Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	27	msy6	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Peter then denied again	Here it is implied that **Peter** **denied** knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	27	jww8	figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	immediately the rooster crowed	Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the **rooster crowed**. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	28	a6e7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas	Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained the governor’s palace to they would remain ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν	1		Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, so we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	18	30	j9w3		παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	given him over	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
JHN	18	31	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man **to death**. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	18	32	tu3c		σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	“regarding how he would die”
JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	35	en38		τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	“Your fellow Jews”
JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) his kingdom is not part of this world. (2) he does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) it is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-synecdoche	ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **the world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-explicit	μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “I would tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Here, **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	The greeting **Hail** with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN	19	4	c6v2	figs-explicit	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	I find no guilt in him	Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	5	t9wn		τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	crown of thorns … purple garment	The **crown** and the **purple** robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	7	vr7p		ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε?	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because you have been given that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	11	arc9		ἄνωθεν	1	from above	This is a respectful way of referring to God.
JHN	19	11	vc79		παραδούς μέ	1	gave me over	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **at this** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν	1	Pilate tried to release him	The form of “was seeking” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν	1	but the Jews cried out	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	“you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
JHN	19	12	bhl3		βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	“who claims that he is a king”
JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὖν Πειλᾶτος, ἀκούσας τῶν λόγων τούτων, ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for his soldiers, who brought Jesus out. Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	13	fk5k		ἐκάθισεν	1	sat down	Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
JHN	19	13	qhu4		ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	**The Pavement** was a special stone platform in Jerusalem where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	13	ev3i		Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	Hebrew	**Hebrew** was the language that the people of Israel spoke.
JHN	19	14	cus1			0	Connecting Statement:	Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	“It was about noon”
JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-synecdoche	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	16	t3yb	figs-explicit	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	16	dw2m	figs-activepassive	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	17	d88m		ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.”	Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-synecdoche	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	20	mgb7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί	1	The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	20	w41e		Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	**Latin** was the language of the Roman government.
JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background		0	General Information:	At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	“and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-explicit	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	24	j1f9		ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
JHN	19	26	gkf1		τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	This refers to John, the writer of this Gospel.
JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	19	27	q615		ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	“from that very moment”
JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	29	drr1		προσήνεγκαν	1	they put	The Roman guards did this.
JHN	19	29	y2eg		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
JHN	19	29	mg3t		ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	“a branch of a plant called hyssop”
JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-explicit	κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “he bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “he bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	31	c49h		παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background	ὁ ἑωρακὼς	1	The one who saw this	This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	35	fl82	figs-explicit	μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία	1	has testified, and his testimony is true	To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	37	h4kq		ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	They will look at him whom they pierced	This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a small town in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	19	39	mjy8		Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
JHN	19	39	d3d2		σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried	Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “since the Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
JHN	20	1	k5pq			0	General Information:	This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
JHN	20	1	a8vl		τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	“on Sunday”
JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	2	g2rn		μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-explicit	ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου	1	They took away the Lord out from the tomb	Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	3	d6g3		ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name.
JHN	20	5	m9qn		ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
JHN	20	6	ys3b		ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
JHN	20	7	qt5a	figs-activepassive	τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	cloth that had been on his head	Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	but was folded up in a place by itself	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	8	vl84		ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-explicit	εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	When John **saw** that the tomb was empty, he **believed** that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	9	ms3s	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν	1	they still did not know the scripture	Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not **understand the scripture** that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	9	u5q9		ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	become alive again
JHN	20	9	p651		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	The angels were wearing **white** clothing. Alternate translation: “she saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	13	v5uj		λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι	1	They said to her	“they asked her”
JHN	20	13	hmx8		ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου	1	Because they took away my Lord	“Because they took away the body of my Lord”
JHN	20	13	aq3x		οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1	I do not know where they have put him	“I do not know where they have put his body”
JHN	20	15	le9x		λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to her	“Jesus asked her”
JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-explicit	κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν	1	Sir, if you have taken him away	Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	15	z97i		εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν	1	tell me where you have put him	“tell me where you have put his body”
JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	16	k468		Ραββουνεί	1	Rabboni	The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
JHN	20	17	whh9		τοὺς ἀδελφούς	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **brothers** to refer to his disciples.
JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	my Father and your Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	**Mary Magdalene** went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	19	m5nt			0	General Information:	It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
JHN	20	19	qj6n		ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	This refers to Sunday.
JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the doors of where the disciples were, were closed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	19	zj7j		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-explicit	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	21	ylp8		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	23	lb7g		ἄν τινων κρατῆτε	1	whoever’s sins you keep back	“if you do not forgive another’s sins”
JHN	20	23	mw5s	figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	they are kept back	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	**Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	20	25	n8vc		ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί	1	disciples later said to him	The word **him** refers to Thomas.
JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	20	25	ss17		ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1	in his hands … into his side	The word **his** refers to Jesus.
JHN	20	26	vzm5		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	The word **his** refers to Jesus.
JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	while the doors were closed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	26	m5tl		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “this is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-explicit	πιστός	1	believe	Here, “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-explicit	πεπίστευκας	1	you have believed	Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	29	zgv1		μακάριοι οἱ	1	Blessed are those	This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-explicit	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
JHN	20	30	xz6j	figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	signs that have not been written in this book	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but these have been written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-metonymy	ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN	20	31	ip1i		ζωὴν	1	life	This here refers to spiritual life.
JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	21	1	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	21	1	yj6k		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	“Some time later”
JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	καὶ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	with Thomas called Didymus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	**Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN	21	5	wgd7		παιδία	1	Young men	This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	6	p8he		αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι	1	draw it in	“to pull the net in”
JHN	21	7	u5c3		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	21	7	h3p4		τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	“he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
JHN	21	7	eve2	writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	for he was undressed	This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	21	7	ab4d	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	threw himself into the sea	Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	7	k449	figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν	1	threw himself	This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN	21	8	wrd3	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	21	8	c1j8	translate-bdistance	πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	two hundred cubits	“90 meters.” A **cubit** was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	14	tp3i	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	the third time	You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN	21	15	m1bh			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
JHN	21	15	t1uj		ἀγαπᾷς με	1	do you love me	Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
JHN	21	15	l4h1		σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε	1	you know that I love you	When Peter answers, he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Here, **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	21	16	szk8		ἀγαπᾷς με	1	do you love me	Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
JHN	21	16	vk16	figs-metaphor	ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου	1	Take care of my sheep	Here, **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	21	17	fj84	translate-ordinal	λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον	1	He said to him a third time	The pronoun **He** refers to Jesus. Here, **the third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN	21	17	kz3h		φιλεῖς με	1	do you love me	This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	Here, **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN	21	18	sqb7		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN	21	19	hf2r	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God	Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-explicit	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	Here the word **Follow** means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	20	wzm9		τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
JHN	21	20	ikd4		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
JHN	21	20	ys31		ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
JHN	21	21	u5rr		τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter saw him	Here, **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
JHN	21	21	cf5h	figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί	1	Lord, what will this man do?	Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	22	yc52		λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to him	“Jesus said to Peter”
JHN	21	22	e3xi		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If I want him to stay	Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
JHN	21	22	tef8		ἔρχομαι	1	I come	This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN	21	23	c2cr		εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	among the brothers	Here, **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
JHN	21	24	d6t5		ὁ μαθητὴς	1	the disciple	“the disciple John”
JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων	1	who testifies about these things	Here, **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	24	h5i9	figs-explicit	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN	21	25	l3hz	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν	1	If each one were written down	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN	21	25	i9n8	figs-hyperbole	οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία	1	even the world itself could not contain the books	John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN	21	25	xn87	figs-activepassive	τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	the books that would be written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])